1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
36 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
38 #include <sys/types.h>
41 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
48 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
49 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
52 #include "character.h"
55 #include "dispextern.h"
57 #include "termhooks.h"
60 #include "emacs-icon.h"
65 #include "intervals.h"
70 #include "xsettings.h"
72 #include "sysselect.h"
75 #include <X11/Shell.h>
83 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
87 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
88 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
92 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
94 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
95 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
97 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
99 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
100 #if defined USE_MOTIF
101 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
102 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
106 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
107 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
109 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
110 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
112 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
114 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
115 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
116 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
117 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
123 #ifndef XtNinitialState
124 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
128 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
131 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
134 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
138 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
141 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
144 static bool any_help_event_p
;
146 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
149 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
151 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
152 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
153 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
154 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
156 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
160 /* The application context for Xt use. */
161 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
162 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
164 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
165 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
167 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
169 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
170 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
171 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
173 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
177 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
178 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
179 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
180 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
182 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
184 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
185 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
186 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
187 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
188 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
189 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
190 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
191 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
192 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
195 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
197 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
198 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
200 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
202 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
203 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
206 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
207 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
210 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
212 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
213 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
214 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
215 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
216 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
217 it's somewhat accurate. */
219 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
221 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
224 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
226 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
228 static int x_noop_count
;
230 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
232 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
233 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
236 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
237 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
239 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
240 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
243 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
244 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
248 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
253 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
254 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
255 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
256 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
258 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
259 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
260 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
262 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
263 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
264 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
265 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
266 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
269 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
270 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
271 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
272 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
273 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
274 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
275 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
276 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
277 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
278 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
279 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
280 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
281 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
282 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
283 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
284 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
285 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
286 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
287 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
288 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
289 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
290 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
292 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
293 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
294 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
295 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
296 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
297 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
298 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
299 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
300 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
302 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
303 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
304 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
305 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
306 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
307 const XEvent
*, int *,
308 struct input_event
*);
310 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
312 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
313 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
314 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
315 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
316 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
317 static void x_initialize (void);
320 /* Flush display of frame F. */
323 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
325 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
326 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
327 connection may be broken. */
328 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
332 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
337 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
338 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
339 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
340 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
341 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
344 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
347 /***********************************************************************
349 ***********************************************************************/
353 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
354 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
362 struct record event_record
[100];
364 int event_record_index
;
367 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
369 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
370 event_record_index
= 0;
372 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
373 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
374 event_record_index
++;
381 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
383 struct x_display_info
*
384 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
386 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
388 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
389 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
396 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
398 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
399 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
400 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
402 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
406 unsigned int nchildren
;
409 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
416 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
419 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
421 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
422 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
423 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
425 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
429 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
434 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
435 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
436 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
437 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
441 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
443 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
446 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
448 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
450 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
451 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
452 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
453 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
455 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
457 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
458 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
459 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
461 /* return unless necessary */
466 unsigned long n
, left
;
468 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
469 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
470 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
473 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
475 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
485 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
486 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
487 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
492 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
494 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
498 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
500 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
504 /***********************************************************************
505 Starting and ending an update
506 ***********************************************************************/
508 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
509 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
510 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
511 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
512 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
515 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
521 /* Start update of window W. */
524 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
526 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
527 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
529 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
533 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
535 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
536 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
538 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
540 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
541 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
548 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
551 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
553 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
556 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
558 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
561 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
562 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
565 /* End update of window W.
567 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
568 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
570 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
571 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
572 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
574 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
575 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
579 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
580 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
587 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
588 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
589 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
591 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
592 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
597 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
598 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
599 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
600 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
604 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
608 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
610 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
611 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
615 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
621 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
622 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
625 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
628 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
632 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
633 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
634 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
635 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
636 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
639 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
646 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
647 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
649 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
650 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
651 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
652 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
653 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
654 overhead is very small. */
655 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
656 && desired_row
->full_width_p
657 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
658 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
660 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
663 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
666 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
667 0, y
, width
, height
);
668 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
669 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
676 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
678 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
679 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
680 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
681 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
682 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
684 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
685 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
689 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
691 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
692 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
693 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
694 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
696 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
698 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
700 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
701 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
702 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
703 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
704 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
705 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
706 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
707 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
709 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
713 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
714 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
715 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
719 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
720 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
721 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
722 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
726 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
728 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
729 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
731 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
736 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
738 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
739 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
741 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
742 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
747 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
748 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
751 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
757 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
758 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
762 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
764 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
766 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
768 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
770 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
771 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
773 face
->background
, depth
);
777 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
778 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
781 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
782 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
783 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
784 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
787 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
788 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
789 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
793 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
794 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
795 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
799 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
802 /***********************************************************************
804 ***********************************************************************/
808 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
809 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
810 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
811 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
812 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
813 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
814 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
815 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
816 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
817 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
818 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
819 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
820 unsigned long *, double, int);
821 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
822 double, int, unsigned long);
823 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
824 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
825 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
826 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
827 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
828 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
830 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
831 int, int, int, int, int, int,
833 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
834 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
835 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
838 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
842 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
846 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
848 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
849 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
850 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
852 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
855 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
859 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
860 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
862 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
863 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
864 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
865 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
866 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
867 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
868 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
870 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
871 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
872 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
874 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
875 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
878 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
879 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
880 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
882 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
883 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
886 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
887 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
889 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
894 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
897 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
902 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
903 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
904 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
906 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
908 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
909 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
911 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
912 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
913 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
915 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
919 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
924 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
925 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
926 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
927 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
929 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
930 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
933 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
934 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
936 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
939 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
943 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
944 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
945 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
948 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
954 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
955 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
959 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
961 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
963 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
966 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
968 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
970 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
971 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
973 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
978 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
980 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
981 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
983 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
984 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
987 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
992 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
995 /* GC must have been set. */
996 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1000 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1001 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1004 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1006 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1007 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1010 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1015 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1016 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1020 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1025 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1027 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1030 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1035 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1038 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1041 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1042 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1044 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1046 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1048 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1049 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1052 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1053 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1054 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1058 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1060 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1062 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1063 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1064 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1068 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1069 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1074 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1077 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1080 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1081 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1082 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1083 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1087 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1088 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1089 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1090 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1091 contains the first component of a composition. */
1094 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1096 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1097 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1098 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1100 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1104 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1105 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1106 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1107 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1108 s
->background_width
,
1109 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1110 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1111 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1113 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1114 || s
->font_not_found_p
1115 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1118 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1119 s
->background_width
,
1120 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1121 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1127 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1130 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1134 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1135 of S to the right of that box line. */
1136 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1137 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1138 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1142 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1144 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1146 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1148 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1149 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1150 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1152 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1157 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1158 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1161 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1162 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1164 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1166 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1167 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1169 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1170 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1171 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1175 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1178 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1181 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1183 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1184 of S to the right of that box line. */
1185 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1187 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1191 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1192 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1193 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1194 this composition. */
1196 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1197 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1198 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1200 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1201 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1202 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1204 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1208 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1209 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1210 space on the left or right. */
1211 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1213 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1214 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1216 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1217 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1218 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1223 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1228 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1230 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1231 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1232 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1235 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1239 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1240 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1241 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1244 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1245 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1246 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1247 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1248 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1249 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1257 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1258 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1259 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1265 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1268 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1270 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1274 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1275 of S to the right of that box line. */
1276 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1277 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1278 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1284 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1286 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1287 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1289 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1292 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1293 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1297 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1298 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1299 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1300 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1301 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1302 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1305 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1307 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1308 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1309 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1315 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1318 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1319 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1321 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1322 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1324 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1325 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1326 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1328 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1329 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1330 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1333 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1334 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1335 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1336 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1337 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1338 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1342 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1346 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1347 cannot be determined. */
1349 static struct frame
*
1350 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1352 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1353 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1356 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1358 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1359 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1360 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1361 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1362 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1363 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1365 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1366 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1367 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1371 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1372 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1373 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1379 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1380 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1381 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1382 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1383 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1384 Value is true if successful. */
1387 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1388 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1390 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1391 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1394 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1397 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1398 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1400 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1402 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1404 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1409 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1410 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1412 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1415 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1417 DPY is the display we are working on.
1419 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1420 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1421 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1422 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1424 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1425 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1427 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1428 we allocated the color or not.
1430 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1433 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1434 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1435 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1445 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1446 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1448 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1452 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1453 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1454 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1456 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1458 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1459 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1461 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1463 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1464 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1466 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1467 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1469 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1470 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1475 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1477 params
[0] = color_name
;
1478 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1479 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1480 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1485 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1487 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1489 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1493 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1497 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1498 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1501 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1506 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1507 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1508 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1510 APP is the application context in which we work.
1512 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1513 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1514 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1516 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1519 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1524 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1526 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1529 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1531 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1532 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1533 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1534 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1535 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1540 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1543 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1544 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1545 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1546 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1548 static const XColor
*
1549 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1551 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1553 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1555 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1556 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1559 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1560 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1561 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1563 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1564 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1566 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1567 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1570 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1571 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1575 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1576 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1579 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1581 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1583 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1586 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1588 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1589 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1590 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1591 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1595 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1599 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1600 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1603 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1605 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1609 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1610 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1611 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1615 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1619 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1622 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1623 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1624 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1625 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1627 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1628 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1629 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1631 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1633 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1635 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1636 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1637 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1638 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1640 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1643 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1647 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1648 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1649 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1650 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1654 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1655 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1656 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1657 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1658 XColor
*cached_color
;
1660 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1661 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1662 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1663 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1664 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1666 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1667 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1668 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1672 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1674 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1675 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1681 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1682 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1683 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1687 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1689 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1690 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1694 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1695 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1696 get color reference counts right. */
1699 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1703 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1705 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1706 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1708 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1709 register_color (pixel
);
1715 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1718 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1719 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1720 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1721 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1722 use an additional additive factor.
1724 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1725 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1726 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1729 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1730 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1731 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1732 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1733 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1734 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1737 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1743 /* Get RGB color values. */
1744 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1745 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1747 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1748 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1749 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1750 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1751 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1753 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1754 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1756 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1757 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1758 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1759 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1760 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1762 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1763 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1764 /* The additive adjustment. */
1765 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1769 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1770 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1771 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1775 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1776 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1777 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1781 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1782 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1785 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1787 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1788 delta to the RGB values. */
1789 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1791 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1792 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1793 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1794 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1805 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1806 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1807 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1808 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1809 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1810 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1813 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1816 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1817 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1818 unsigned long pixel
;
1819 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1820 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1821 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1822 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1824 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1825 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1827 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1828 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1829 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1831 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1833 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1834 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1837 /* Allocate new color. */
1838 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1840 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1841 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1843 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1844 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1847 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1849 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1851 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1854 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1858 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1861 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1863 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1864 unsigned long color
;
1866 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1867 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1868 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1870 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1871 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1876 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1877 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1878 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1881 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1882 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1884 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1885 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1886 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1887 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1888 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1893 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1894 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1895 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1896 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1897 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1898 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1902 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1903 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1904 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1905 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1907 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1908 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1913 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1915 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1916 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1918 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1919 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1920 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1927 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1928 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1929 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1931 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1932 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1933 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1934 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1941 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1943 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1944 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1946 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1947 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1948 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1949 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1952 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1954 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1956 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1957 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1961 /* Outermost top line. */
1963 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1964 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1965 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1967 /* Outermost left line. */
1969 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1975 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1976 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1977 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1978 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1979 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1980 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1981 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1987 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1988 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1989 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1990 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1991 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1992 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1995 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1999 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2000 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2001 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2002 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2003 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2004 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2007 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2008 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2009 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2013 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2015 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2018 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2019 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2023 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2024 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2027 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2028 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2032 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2033 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2035 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2036 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2040 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2043 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2045 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2046 int left_p
, right_p
;
2047 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2048 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2050 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2051 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2052 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2054 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2055 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2057 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2059 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2060 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2062 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2064 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2066 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2068 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2069 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2071 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2072 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2073 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2075 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2077 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2079 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2080 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2081 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2084 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2085 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2086 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2091 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2094 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2097 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2099 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2100 right of that line. */
2101 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2102 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2104 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2106 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2108 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2109 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2110 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2111 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2117 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2118 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2119 trust on the shape extension to be available
2120 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2122 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2125 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2127 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2128 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2129 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2130 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2131 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2133 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2136 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2137 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2138 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2139 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2140 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2141 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2145 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2147 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2150 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2151 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2152 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2153 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2154 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2155 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2157 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2158 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2159 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2160 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2161 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2162 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2163 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2165 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2166 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2167 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2168 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2169 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2174 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2175 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2176 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2180 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2183 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2185 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2188 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2190 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2191 right of that line. */
2192 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2193 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2195 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2197 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2199 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2200 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2201 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2202 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2204 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2205 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2207 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2208 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2212 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2213 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2216 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2217 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2218 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2220 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2221 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2222 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2223 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2224 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2225 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2226 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2227 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2229 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2230 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2231 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2232 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2236 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2239 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2242 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2244 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2245 right of that line. */
2246 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2247 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2249 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2251 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2253 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2254 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2255 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2256 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2262 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2263 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2264 trust on the shape extension to be available
2265 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2267 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2271 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2272 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2273 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2274 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2275 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2277 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2278 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2279 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2280 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2284 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2285 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2286 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2288 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2289 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2290 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2291 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2292 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2293 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2294 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2296 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2297 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2298 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2299 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2304 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2305 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2306 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2310 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2311 give the rectangle to draw. */
2314 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2318 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2319 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2320 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2321 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2324 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2328 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2331 s->x +-------------------------
2334 | +-------------------------
2337 | | +-------------------
2343 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2345 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2346 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2348 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2351 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2352 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2353 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2354 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2356 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2357 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2359 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2360 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2364 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2365 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2369 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2370 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2371 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2372 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2373 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2375 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2376 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2377 s
->background_width
,
2380 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2382 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2384 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2387 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2388 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2389 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2390 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2391 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2392 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2393 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2398 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2400 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2401 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2402 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2403 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2411 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2413 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2415 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2416 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2418 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2421 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2424 /* Draw the foreground. */
2427 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2428 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2429 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2430 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2431 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2434 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2436 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2438 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2439 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2440 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2444 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2447 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2449 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2451 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2452 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2454 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2455 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2456 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2459 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2461 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2465 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2471 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2473 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2475 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2476 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2477 x
+= background_width
;
2479 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2480 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2484 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2486 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2487 if (width
< background_width
)
2490 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2494 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2498 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2499 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2501 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2507 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2508 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2510 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2512 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2513 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2514 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2515 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2520 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2521 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2522 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2523 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2527 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2529 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2530 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2532 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2533 except for header line and mode line. */
2534 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2536 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2539 if (background_width
> 0)
2540 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2543 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2547 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2553 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2558 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2560 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2561 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2562 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2565 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2567 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2571 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2575 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2576 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2577 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2579 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2582 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2584 /* Draw the waves */
2586 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2596 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2601 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2603 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2607 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2608 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2612 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2615 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2617 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2619 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2620 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2621 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2622 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2625 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2627 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2628 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2629 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2630 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2632 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2634 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2635 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2637 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2638 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2642 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2645 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2646 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2647 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2648 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2649 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2650 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2653 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2654 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2655 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2659 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2661 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2662 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2663 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2664 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2665 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2666 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2670 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2673 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2677 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2681 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2682 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2684 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2685 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2688 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2689 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2690 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2691 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2693 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2694 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2697 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2698 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2699 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2701 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2702 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2709 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2711 /* Draw underline. */
2712 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2714 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2716 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2717 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2721 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2723 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2724 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2727 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2729 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2732 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2733 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2735 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2736 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2737 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2741 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2742 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2743 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2746 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2747 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2750 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2751 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2752 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2753 specs, and its default is
2755 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2756 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2758 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2759 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2760 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2762 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2764 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2766 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2768 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2769 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2770 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2771 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2772 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2773 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2774 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2775 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2776 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2777 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2778 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2779 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2783 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2784 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2785 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2786 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2791 /* Draw overline. */
2792 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2794 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2796 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2797 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2802 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2803 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2804 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2810 /* Draw strike-through. */
2811 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2813 unsigned long h
= 1;
2814 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2816 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2817 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2822 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2823 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2824 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2830 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2831 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2832 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2836 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2838 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2839 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2840 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2842 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2843 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2844 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2847 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2848 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2849 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2850 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2852 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2853 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2855 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2861 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2863 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2864 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2865 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2867 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2868 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2869 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2872 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2873 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2874 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2875 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2877 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2878 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2880 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2881 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2886 /* Reset clipping. */
2887 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2891 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2894 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2896 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2897 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2898 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2902 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2906 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2912 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2913 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2916 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2918 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2919 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2923 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2926 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2928 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2930 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2934 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2936 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2937 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2938 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2940 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2941 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2942 redisplay, do it here. */
2943 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2944 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2947 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2954 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2957 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2963 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2964 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2965 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2967 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2968 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2969 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2970 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2972 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2976 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2979 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2980 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2981 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2982 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2983 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2984 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2985 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2986 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2987 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2990 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2991 pixels into background pixels. */
2995 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2996 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2997 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2999 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3000 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3004 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3005 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3006 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3007 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3008 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3009 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3010 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3011 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3013 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3014 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3016 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3018 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3019 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3020 width
, flash_height
);
3021 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3023 (height
- flash_height
3024 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3025 width
, flash_height
);
3029 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3030 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3031 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3032 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3037 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3038 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3040 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3042 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3044 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3045 struct timespec timeout
;
3047 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3048 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3051 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3052 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3054 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3055 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3059 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3060 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3062 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3064 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3065 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3066 width
, flash_height
);
3067 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3069 (height
- flash_height
3070 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3071 width
, flash_height
);
3074 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3075 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3076 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3077 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3083 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3085 #undef XFillRectangle
3087 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3098 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3103 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3104 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3105 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3108 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3109 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3110 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3115 /* Make audible bell. */
3118 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3120 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3128 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3130 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3132 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3138 /***********************************************************************
3140 ***********************************************************************/
3142 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3143 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3146 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3152 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3155 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3158 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3160 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3161 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3163 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3165 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3166 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3167 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3168 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3169 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3170 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3171 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3172 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3174 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3178 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3179 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3180 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3182 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3184 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3185 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3187 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3188 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3193 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3194 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3195 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3199 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3200 line at the bottom. */
3201 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3202 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3204 height
= run
->height
;
3208 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3210 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3211 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3213 height
= run
->height
;
3218 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3221 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3222 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3223 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3233 /***********************************************************************
3235 ***********************************************************************/
3239 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3241 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3242 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3243 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3244 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3246 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3247 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3248 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3249 because of this (bug#9310). */
3250 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3251 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3252 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3253 x_uncatch_errors ();
3255 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3256 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3260 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3262 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3263 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3264 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3265 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3267 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3268 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3269 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3270 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3271 x_uncatch_errors ();
3273 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3274 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3277 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3278 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3279 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3280 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3281 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3284 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3286 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3288 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3290 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3291 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3292 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3294 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3295 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3297 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3298 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3300 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3303 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3306 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3307 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3308 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3311 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3313 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3315 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3317 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3318 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3320 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3321 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3322 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3323 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3324 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3325 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3327 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3328 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3331 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3334 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3335 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3338 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3340 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3342 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3344 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3345 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3347 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3348 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3352 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3353 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3355 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3356 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3360 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3361 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3363 static struct frame
*
3364 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3366 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3372 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3375 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3377 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3379 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3380 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3381 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3382 /* A tooltip frame? */
3383 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3384 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3385 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3387 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3389 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3391 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3392 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3393 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3396 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3397 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3398 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3400 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3405 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3407 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3410 static struct frame
*
3411 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3413 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3414 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3420 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3425 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3427 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3428 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3429 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3434 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3436 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3439 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3440 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3441 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3443 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3444 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3448 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3449 /* A tooltip frame. */
3457 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3459 static struct frame
*
3460 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3461 const XEvent
*event
)
3463 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3464 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3471 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3474 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3476 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3478 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3481 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3482 if (x
->menubar_widget
3483 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3490 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3491 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3494 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3496 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3503 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3506 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3508 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3512 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3514 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3515 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3518 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3522 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3523 /* Tooltip frame. */
3529 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3531 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3532 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3534 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3536 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3537 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3539 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3542 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3543 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3548 switch (event
->type
)
3553 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3555 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3557 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3558 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3559 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3560 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3562 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3568 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3569 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3570 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3571 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3575 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3577 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3578 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3579 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3586 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3587 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3590 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3592 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3596 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3597 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3598 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3600 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3601 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3602 the appropriate X display info. */
3605 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3607 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3611 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3613 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3615 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3617 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3618 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3619 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3620 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3621 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3623 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3624 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3628 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3630 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3633 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3634 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3635 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3641 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3643 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3645 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3647 int min_code
, max_code
;
3650 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3652 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3653 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3654 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3655 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3656 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3658 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3660 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3661 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3663 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3665 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3666 Alt keysyms are on. */
3668 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3669 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3671 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3673 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3674 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3676 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3678 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3682 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3686 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3688 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3694 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3695 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3700 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3701 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3706 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3707 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3708 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3709 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3714 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3715 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3716 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3717 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3721 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3722 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3723 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3724 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3725 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3734 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3735 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3737 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3738 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3741 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3742 make them just meta, not alt. */
3743 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3745 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3749 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3752 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3756 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3758 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3759 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3760 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3761 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3764 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3765 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3766 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3767 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3768 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3769 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3770 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3771 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3773 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3774 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3775 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3776 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3778 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3782 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3784 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3785 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3786 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3787 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3791 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3792 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3793 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3794 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3795 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3796 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3797 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3798 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3801 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3802 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3803 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3804 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3805 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3806 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3809 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3812 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3817 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3825 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3827 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3829 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3833 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3834 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3837 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3839 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3840 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3841 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3842 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3844 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3848 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3849 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3850 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3855 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3856 The input handler calls this.
3858 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3859 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3860 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3861 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3863 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3864 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3867 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3869 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3870 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3871 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3873 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3876 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3878 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3879 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3880 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3881 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3886 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3887 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3888 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3889 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3890 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3891 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3893 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3894 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3895 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3896 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3897 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3898 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3906 /************************************************************************
3908 ************************************************************************/
3911 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3913 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3914 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3915 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3916 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3917 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3922 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3923 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3925 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3926 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3927 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3928 position on the scroll bar.
3930 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3931 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3934 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3935 was at this position.
3937 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3939 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3943 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3944 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3951 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3952 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3958 Window dummy_window
;
3961 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3963 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3964 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3965 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3966 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3967 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3969 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3971 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3972 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3973 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3975 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3978 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3979 a different screen. */
3982 /* The position on that root window. */
3985 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3988 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3990 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3992 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3993 containing the pointer. */
3997 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4001 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4002 structure is changing at the same time this function
4003 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4005 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4007 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4008 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4010 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4011 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4012 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4014 /* From-window, to-window. */
4015 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4017 /* From-position, to-position. */
4018 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4022 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4028 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4030 /* From-window, to-window. */
4033 /* From-position, to-position. */
4034 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4039 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4042 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4043 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4044 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4045 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4046 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4054 /* Now we know that:
4055 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4056 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4057 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4058 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4059 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4060 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4061 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4062 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4063 never use them in that case.) */
4066 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4067 want the edit window. */
4068 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4070 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4071 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4074 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4075 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4078 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4079 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4081 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4084 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4087 x_uncatch_errors ();
4089 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4092 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4094 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4098 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4104 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4105 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4109 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4110 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4111 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4112 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4113 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4114 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4115 the frame are divided into. */
4117 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4118 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4123 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4124 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4125 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4135 /***********************************************************************
4137 ***********************************************************************/
4139 /* Scroll bar support. */
4141 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4143 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4146 static struct scroll_bar
*
4147 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4149 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4151 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4152 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4153 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4155 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4157 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4159 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4162 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4164 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4165 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4166 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4167 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4168 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4171 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4172 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4173 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4174 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4181 #if defined USE_LUCID
4183 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4184 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4187 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4189 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4191 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4192 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4194 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4196 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4202 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4205 /************************************************************************
4207 ************************************************************************/
4209 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4211 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4213 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4214 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4216 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4218 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4219 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4222 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4224 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4226 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4228 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4229 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4230 to avoid jerkiness. */
4232 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4234 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4235 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4236 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4237 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4240 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4241 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4244 const char *end_action
;
4247 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4248 end_action
= "Release";
4249 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4250 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4251 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4252 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4255 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4256 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4259 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4261 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4262 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4263 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4264 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4266 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4269 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4270 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4272 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4273 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4274 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4276 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4277 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4280 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4282 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4283 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4285 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4286 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4289 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4290 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4291 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4292 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4295 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4298 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4299 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4300 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4305 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4306 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4307 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4308 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4309 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4312 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4313 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4314 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4315 into that array in the event. */
4316 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4317 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4320 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4322 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4323 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4325 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4326 scroll_bar_windows
=
4327 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4328 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4329 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4330 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4333 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4334 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4335 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4336 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4337 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4338 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4340 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4341 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4342 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4343 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4346 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4347 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4348 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4349 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4354 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4358 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4359 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4361 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4365 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4366 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4368 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4370 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4371 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4374 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4377 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4379 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4380 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4381 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4382 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4383 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4389 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4391 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4394 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4395 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4396 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4399 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4401 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4402 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4403 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4407 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4409 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4412 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4414 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4417 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4419 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4422 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4424 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4429 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4432 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4434 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4441 /* Get the slider size. */
4443 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4446 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4447 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4448 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4449 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4453 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4459 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4460 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4464 #elif defined USE_GTK
4466 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4467 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4470 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4471 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4475 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4477 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4478 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4479 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4481 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4482 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4487 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4488 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4489 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4490 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4492 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4493 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4494 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4495 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4496 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4499 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4500 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4503 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4504 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4507 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4508 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4511 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4512 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4519 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4520 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4526 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4529 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4530 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4533 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4535 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4537 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4538 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4539 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4546 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4548 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4549 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4550 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4554 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4556 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4557 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4558 float top
= *top_addr
;
4560 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4561 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4563 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4565 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4569 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4571 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4572 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4573 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4574 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4575 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4577 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4579 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4581 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4582 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4583 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4584 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4588 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4589 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4590 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4591 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4592 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4593 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4594 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4597 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4599 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4600 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4601 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4603 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4605 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4607 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4610 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4611 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4613 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4614 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4615 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4616 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4618 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4620 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4622 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4623 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4626 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4628 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4630 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4631 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4635 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4637 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4640 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4641 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4646 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4649 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4655 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4656 unsigned long pixel
;
4661 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4662 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4664 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4665 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4666 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4667 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4668 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4670 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4673 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4677 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4680 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4684 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4685 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4687 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4688 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4690 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4692 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4694 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4696 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4698 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4700 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4703 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4704 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4706 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4707 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4708 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4709 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4711 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4713 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4714 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4715 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4716 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4717 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4718 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4719 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4720 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4722 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4729 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4732 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4736 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4738 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4739 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4741 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4744 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4745 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4746 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4748 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4751 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4753 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4756 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4757 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4758 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4760 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4764 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4765 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4766 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4767 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4768 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4769 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4770 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4773 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4774 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4778 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4779 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4780 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4782 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4784 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4787 /* Specify the colors. */
4788 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4791 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4794 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4797 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4803 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4804 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4807 char const *initial
= "";
4808 char const *val
= initial
;
4809 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4810 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4811 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4813 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4814 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4815 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4816 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4817 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4818 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4822 /* Define callbacks. */
4823 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4824 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4827 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4828 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4830 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4832 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4833 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4834 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4835 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4837 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4838 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4839 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4840 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4844 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4847 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4848 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4852 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4854 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4857 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4859 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4862 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4863 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4870 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4872 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4873 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4874 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4875 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4876 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4877 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4878 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4879 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4880 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4881 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4882 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4883 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4884 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4885 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4893 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4894 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4897 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4901 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4902 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4904 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4906 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4907 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4908 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4910 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4912 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4918 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4919 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4923 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4925 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4926 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4927 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4931 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4932 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4933 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4936 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4937 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4938 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4939 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4941 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4942 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4943 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4944 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4945 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4948 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4949 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4950 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4951 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4953 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4954 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4957 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4958 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4959 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4961 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4965 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4969 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4971 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4975 /************************************************************************
4976 Scroll bars, general
4977 ************************************************************************/
4979 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4980 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4981 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4984 static struct scroll_bar
*
4985 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4987 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4988 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4989 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4994 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4995 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4996 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4998 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5002 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5003 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5004 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5006 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5007 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5009 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5011 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5013 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5014 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5015 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5016 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5017 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5018 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
5020 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5021 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5022 left
, top
, width
, height
,
5023 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5030 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5032 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5034 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5038 bar
->height
= height
;
5042 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5043 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5044 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5047 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5048 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5050 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5051 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5052 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5053 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5055 /* Map the window/widget. */
5056 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5059 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5060 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5061 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5062 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5063 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5064 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5065 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5067 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5068 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5069 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5076 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5078 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5080 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5081 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5082 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5085 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5086 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5087 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5088 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5089 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5092 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5094 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5095 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5096 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5097 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5099 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5101 && start
== bar
->start
5108 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5109 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5110 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5112 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5113 the distance between start and end. */
5115 int length
= end
- start
;
5119 else if (start
> top_range
)
5121 end
= start
+ length
;
5125 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5129 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5133 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5134 if (end
> top_range
)
5137 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5138 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5139 that many pixels tall. */
5140 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5142 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5143 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5145 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5146 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5147 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5148 inside_width
, start
);
5150 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5151 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5152 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5153 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5155 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5156 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5157 /* x, y, width, height */
5158 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5159 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5160 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5162 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5163 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5164 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5165 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5167 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5168 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5169 if (end
< inside_height
)
5170 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5171 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5172 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5173 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5179 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5181 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5185 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5190 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5192 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5193 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5194 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5195 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5197 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5200 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5201 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5207 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5208 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5209 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5213 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5215 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5217 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5218 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5219 int window_y
, window_height
;
5220 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5221 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5224 /* Get window dimensions. */
5225 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5227 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5228 height
= window_height
;
5230 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5231 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5233 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5234 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5235 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5236 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5240 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5241 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5242 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5243 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5245 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5247 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5248 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5253 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5254 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5257 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5258 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5260 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5263 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5264 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5265 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5266 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5269 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5270 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5274 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5278 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5279 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5281 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5285 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5287 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5289 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5291 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5294 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5296 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5297 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5299 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5300 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5301 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5303 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5304 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5305 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5307 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5308 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5311 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5312 sb_left
, sb_width
, max (height
, 1));
5313 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5314 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5315 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5316 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5318 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5320 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5321 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5322 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5325 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5326 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5327 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5329 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5330 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5331 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
, rest
, height
);
5333 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5334 left
, top
, rest
, height
);
5338 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5345 wc
.width
= sb_width
;
5347 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5351 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5353 /* Remember new settings. */
5354 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5356 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5357 bar
->height
= height
;
5362 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5363 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5365 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5366 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5367 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5369 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5371 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5374 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5377 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5378 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5379 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5382 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5384 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5385 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5389 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5390 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5391 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5392 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5393 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5394 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5395 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5397 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5398 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5399 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5402 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5404 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5405 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5408 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5409 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5410 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5411 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5412 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5413 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5414 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5419 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5420 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5423 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5425 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5429 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5430 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5433 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5435 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5436 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5437 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5439 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5441 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5442 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5444 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5445 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5446 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5448 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5449 one or the other! */
5453 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5455 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5456 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5458 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5460 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5461 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5462 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5463 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5466 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5467 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5470 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5472 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5474 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5476 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5477 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5478 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5480 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5482 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5484 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5487 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5490 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5491 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5495 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5496 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5497 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5499 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5503 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5505 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5506 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5507 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5511 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5513 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5515 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5516 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5518 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5519 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5520 /* x, y, width, height */
5521 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5523 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5524 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5525 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5526 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5531 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5533 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5534 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5536 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5541 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5542 const XEvent
*event
,
5543 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5545 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5548 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5549 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5550 emacs_event
->modifiers
5551 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5552 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5553 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5554 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5557 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5558 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5559 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5562 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5563 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5566 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5569 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5570 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5571 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5573 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5575 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5576 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5577 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5579 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5580 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5582 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5587 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5588 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5592 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5594 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5596 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5600 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5601 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5603 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5605 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5608 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5610 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5611 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5613 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5614 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5616 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5618 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5620 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5625 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5627 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5628 on the scroll bar. */
5631 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5632 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5633 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5635 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5636 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5637 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5639 Window dummy_window
;
5641 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5645 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5647 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5649 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5650 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5651 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5653 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5656 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5662 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5664 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5666 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5667 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5671 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5675 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5677 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5678 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5679 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5680 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5681 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5682 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5684 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5686 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5687 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5690 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5693 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5699 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5700 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5701 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5705 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5707 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5710 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5711 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5712 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5713 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5714 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5715 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5716 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5717 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5719 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5722 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5724 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5725 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5727 static int temp_index
;
5728 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5730 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5731 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5733 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5735 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5737 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5739 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5741 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5742 on a particular display. */
5744 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5746 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5747 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5748 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5749 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5751 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5760 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5761 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5762 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5764 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5766 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5770 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5772 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5773 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5774 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5777 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5778 event
->xclient
.window
);
5780 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5785 static int current_count
;
5786 static int current_finish
;
5787 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5789 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5790 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5791 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5792 static GdkFilterReturn
5793 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5795 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5798 if (current_count
>= 0)
5800 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5802 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5805 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5806 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5807 so we do it here. */
5808 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5810 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5813 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5818 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5821 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5825 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5829 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5830 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5832 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5834 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5837 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5838 enum xembed_message
,
5839 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5841 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5843 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5844 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5845 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5846 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5848 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5851 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5852 const XEvent
*event
,
5853 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5856 struct input_event ie
;
5857 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5861 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5862 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5863 struct coding_system coding
;
5864 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5865 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5866 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5867 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5868 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5869 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5873 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5875 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5876 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5879 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5881 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5882 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5884 switch (event
->type
)
5888 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5889 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5891 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5893 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5894 because this could be the shell widget window
5895 if the frame has no title bar. */
5898 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5899 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5900 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5902 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5903 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5904 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5905 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5906 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5909 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5910 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5911 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5912 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5915 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5916 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5917 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5920 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5921 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5922 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5924 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5925 /* The ICCCM says this is
5926 the only valid choice. */
5928 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5929 /* This is needed to detect the error
5930 if there is an error. */
5932 x_uncatch_errors ();
5934 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5939 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5941 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5942 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5943 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5944 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5945 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5946 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5947 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5948 session manager and one for this. */
5950 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5953 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5954 event
->xclient
.window
);
5955 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5956 for a single Emacs process. */
5957 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5958 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5959 event
->xclient
.window
,
5960 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5962 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5963 event
->xclient
.window
,
5969 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5973 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5975 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5976 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5983 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5986 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5989 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5991 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5992 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5996 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6003 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6007 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
6008 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
6011 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6013 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
6014 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
6016 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6017 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6018 currently never do because we are interested in
6019 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6020 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6021 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
6024 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6025 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6029 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6030 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6031 we construct an input_event. */
6032 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6034 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
6035 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6038 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6040 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6041 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6043 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6044 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6045 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6047 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6051 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6056 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6057 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6061 case SelectionNotify
:
6062 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
6063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6064 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
6066 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6067 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
6070 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6071 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
6072 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6073 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
6075 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6077 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
6079 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6080 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6081 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6082 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6086 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6087 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
6088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6089 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6091 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6093 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
6095 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6096 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6097 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6098 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6099 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6100 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6101 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6105 case PropertyNotify
:
6106 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6107 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6108 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6109 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6110 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6111 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6113 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6114 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6115 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6116 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6117 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6118 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6119 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6120 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6121 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6124 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6125 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6128 case ReparentNotify
:
6129 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6132 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6133 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6135 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6136 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6137 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6139 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6144 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6147 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 7, 0)
6148 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6149 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6150 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6151 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6152 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6154 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6156 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6157 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6158 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6159 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6162 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6163 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6167 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6168 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6170 #if defined USE_LUCID
6171 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6172 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6173 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6175 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6177 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6179 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6181 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6182 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6184 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6185 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6186 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6189 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6190 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6193 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6194 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6198 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6199 source area was obscured or not
6201 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6203 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6204 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6205 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6206 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6207 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6210 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6213 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6214 source area was completely
6219 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6220 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6223 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6226 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6227 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6228 the frame was deleted. */
6230 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6231 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6232 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6233 display that won't ever be seen. */
6234 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6235 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6236 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6237 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6238 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6239 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6240 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6241 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6243 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6244 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6245 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6251 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6252 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6253 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6256 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6257 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6258 frame is visible. */
6259 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6262 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6263 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6264 the frame's display structures.
6265 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6266 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6267 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6268 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6270 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6272 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6273 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6274 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6275 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6277 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6278 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6279 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6283 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6284 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6286 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6287 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6288 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6289 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6292 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6299 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6300 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6302 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6303 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6304 if (popup_activated ())
6310 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6311 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6312 mouse highlighting. */
6313 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6315 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6317 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6318 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6322 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6325 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6326 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6327 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6328 event
->xkey
.window
);
6329 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6331 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6332 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6335 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6339 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6340 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6341 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6344 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6345 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6346 status_return even if the input is too long to
6347 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6348 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6349 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6350 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6351 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6352 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6353 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6355 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6357 /* Event will be modified. */
6358 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6361 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6362 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6363 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6365 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6368 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6369 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6370 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6372 /* This will have to go some day... */
6374 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6375 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6376 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6377 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6378 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6379 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6380 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6382 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6383 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6384 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6385 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6386 not it is combined with Meta. */
6387 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6388 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6393 Status status_return
;
6395 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6396 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6397 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6398 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6400 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6402 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6403 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6404 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6405 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6406 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6409 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6410 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6412 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6417 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6418 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6422 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6423 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6426 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6427 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6431 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6432 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6433 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6436 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6437 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6439 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6440 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6442 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6443 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6445 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6446 translations to characters. */
6447 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6448 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6450 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6451 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6455 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6456 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6458 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6459 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6461 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6462 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6466 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6467 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6468 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6473 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6474 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6475 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6476 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6480 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6481 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6482 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6483 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6484 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6485 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6487 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6488 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6490 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6491 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6492 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6493 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6494 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6496 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6497 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6499 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6500 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6523 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6524 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6526 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6527 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6535 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6536 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6537 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6538 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6539 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6540 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6541 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6542 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6543 don't have real modifiers but
6544 should be treated similarly to
6545 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6546 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6547 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6548 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6552 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6553 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6555 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6556 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6560 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6564 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6566 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6568 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6571 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6573 /* Decode the input data. */
6575 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6576 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6577 we used just above and the locale. */
6578 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6579 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6580 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6581 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6582 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6583 gives us composition information. */
6584 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6586 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6588 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6589 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6590 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6591 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6592 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6593 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6596 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6597 character events. */
6598 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6601 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6602 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6604 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6605 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6606 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6607 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6609 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6614 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6616 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6619 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6620 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6624 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6625 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6633 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6635 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6636 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6644 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6645 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6649 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6650 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6652 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6653 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6654 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6655 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6657 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6658 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6659 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6660 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6665 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6669 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6670 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6672 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6675 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6677 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6678 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6679 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6680 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6683 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6684 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6685 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6686 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6687 if (any_help_event_p
)
6691 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6692 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6693 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6698 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6703 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6704 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6705 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6707 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6708 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6709 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6711 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
);
6713 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6715 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6716 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6720 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6726 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6727 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6728 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6730 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6731 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6732 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6734 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6735 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6736 will be selected only when it is active. */
6737 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6738 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6739 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6740 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6741 create event iff we don't leave the
6743 && (focus_follows_mouse
6744 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6745 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6747 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6748 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6750 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6751 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6753 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6754 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6758 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6759 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6760 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6761 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6764 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6765 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6767 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6768 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6769 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6772 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6773 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6774 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6775 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6780 case ConfigureNotify
:
6781 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6785 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6787 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6788 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6794 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6796 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6797 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6799 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6800 is called by the code that handles resizing
6801 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6803 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6804 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6805 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6806 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6807 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6808 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6809 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6811 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6812 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6813 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6816 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
6817 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
6818 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6822 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6823 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6824 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6825 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6827 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6830 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6831 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6840 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6841 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6842 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6844 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6845 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6846 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6848 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6850 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6851 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6853 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
);
6856 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6861 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6862 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6863 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6864 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6867 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6868 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6870 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6871 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6873 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6874 handle_tool_bar_click
6875 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6876 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6878 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6881 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6882 if (! popup_activated ())
6885 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6887 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6888 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6890 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6891 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6893 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6894 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6897 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6899 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6900 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6901 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6905 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6906 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6907 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6909 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6910 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6912 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6914 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6915 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6917 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6919 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6920 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6923 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6925 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6926 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6929 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6932 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6934 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6935 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6936 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6940 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6941 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6942 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6943 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6944 Instead, save it away
6945 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6946 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6947 if (! popup_activated ()
6949 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6950 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6952 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6953 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6954 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6955 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6956 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6957 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6958 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6959 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6961 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6962 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6963 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6964 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6965 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6966 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6970 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6974 case CirculateNotify
:
6977 case CirculateRequest
:
6980 case VisibilityNotify
:
6984 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6986 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6988 case MappingModifier
:
6989 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6990 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6991 case MappingKeyboard
:
6992 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6997 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7002 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7004 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7005 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
7007 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7012 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7014 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7019 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7024 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7030 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7031 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7032 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7036 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7037 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7046 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7048 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7049 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7050 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7052 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7054 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7056 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7057 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7059 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7062 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7069 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7070 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7072 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7073 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7074 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7078 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7081 int event_found
= 0;
7082 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
7086 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7087 input_signal_count
++;
7089 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7090 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7092 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7093 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7097 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7102 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7105 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7106 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7111 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7113 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7119 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7120 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7121 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7122 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7124 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7125 from all displays. */
7127 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7129 current_count
= count
;
7130 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7132 gtk_main_iteration ();
7134 count
= current_count
;
7136 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7138 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7141 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7143 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7144 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7147 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7148 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7149 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7151 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7155 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7156 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7158 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7160 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7161 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7165 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7166 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7167 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7169 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7170 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7181 /***********************************************************************
7183 ***********************************************************************/
7185 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7186 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7188 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7189 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7190 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7193 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7194 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7196 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7197 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7198 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7200 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7202 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7203 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7204 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7205 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7206 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7208 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7212 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7215 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7217 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7218 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7219 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7222 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7225 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7226 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7227 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7228 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7231 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7232 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7233 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7235 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7236 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7237 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7238 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7239 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7241 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7242 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7243 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7245 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7246 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7247 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7248 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7252 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7254 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7255 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7256 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7260 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7263 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7265 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7266 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7268 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7269 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7272 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7273 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7274 the bar might not be in the window. */
7275 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7277 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7278 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7279 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7283 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7284 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7285 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7286 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7287 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7290 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7291 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7292 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7293 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7294 that the glyph is legible. */
7295 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7296 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7298 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7299 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7302 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7305 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7306 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7309 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7311 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7313 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7316 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7317 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7319 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7321 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7322 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7323 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7324 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7326 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7327 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7328 width
, row
->height
);
7332 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7335 width
= row
->height
;
7337 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7339 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7340 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7342 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7343 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7344 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7345 row
->height
- width
),
7346 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7349 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7354 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7357 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7359 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7360 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7361 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7362 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7366 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7369 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7371 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7373 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7374 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7375 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7380 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7383 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7384 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7385 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7387 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7391 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7392 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7394 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7395 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7396 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7397 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7399 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7400 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7404 switch (cursor_type
)
7406 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7407 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7410 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7411 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7415 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7419 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7423 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7432 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7433 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7434 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7438 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7444 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7447 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7449 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7451 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7454 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7455 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7456 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7457 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7462 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7463 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7464 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7466 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7467 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7468 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7472 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7473 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7479 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7480 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7483 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7485 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7487 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7491 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7494 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7495 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7499 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7500 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7504 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7505 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7506 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7507 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7508 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7510 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7513 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7514 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7520 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7521 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7524 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7526 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7531 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7532 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7534 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7535 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7539 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7540 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7541 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7546 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7548 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7549 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7551 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7552 be called from a signal handler.
7555 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7556 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7558 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7560 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7562 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7563 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7564 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7567 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7569 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7570 x_error_message
->string
,
7571 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7574 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7575 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7578 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7579 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7580 stored in *x_error_message.
7582 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7583 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7585 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7588 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7590 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7592 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7596 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7597 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7598 x_error_message
= data
;
7601 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7602 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7605 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7607 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7611 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7612 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7613 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7614 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7616 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7617 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7622 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7623 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7624 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7627 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7629 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7632 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7634 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7635 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7636 x_uncatch_errors ();
7637 error (format
, string
);
7641 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7642 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7645 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7647 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7650 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7653 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7656 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7658 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7661 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7662 * idea. --lorentey */
7663 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7666 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7668 while (x_error_message
)
7669 x_uncatch_errors ();
7674 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7677 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7682 /************************************************************************
7684 ************************************************************************/
7686 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7688 static char *error_msg
;
7690 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7691 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7694 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7696 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7697 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7698 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7700 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7701 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7703 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7704 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7708 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7710 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7711 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7714 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7715 that are on the dead display. */
7716 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7718 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7720 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7721 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7722 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7723 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7724 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7725 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7728 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7729 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7730 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7731 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7732 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7733 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7735 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7736 trying to find a replacement. */
7737 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7738 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7741 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7742 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7745 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7746 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7747 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7749 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7750 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7751 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7752 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7753 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7754 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7755 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7756 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7757 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7760 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7762 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7763 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7765 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7766 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7767 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7768 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7773 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7774 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7778 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7780 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7781 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7785 totally_unblock_input ();
7787 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7788 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7790 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7791 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7793 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7794 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7795 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7796 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7799 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7800 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7801 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7803 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7804 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7807 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7809 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7810 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7811 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7817 if (x_error_message
)
7818 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7820 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7824 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7825 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7826 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7828 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7830 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7831 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7833 static void NO_INLINE
7834 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7836 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7838 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7839 or colors that are not defined. */
7841 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7844 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7845 original error handler. */
7847 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7848 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7849 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7850 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7854 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7855 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7856 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7859 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7863 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7864 DisplayString (display
));
7865 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7869 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7871 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7872 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7873 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7877 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7879 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7882 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7883 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7884 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7885 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7889 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7890 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7891 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7892 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7894 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7896 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7897 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7899 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7900 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7901 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7905 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7906 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7909 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7911 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7912 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7913 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7914 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7915 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7920 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7923 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7932 /***********************************************************************
7934 ***********************************************************************/
7940 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7941 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7942 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7945 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7947 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7948 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7952 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7953 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7955 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7956 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7958 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7959 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7963 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7964 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7965 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7969 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7972 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7973 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7976 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7977 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7980 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7988 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7989 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7996 XIMCallback destroy
;
7999 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8000 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8003 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8004 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8005 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8011 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8012 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8016 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8018 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8019 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8020 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8021 when the callback was registered. */
8024 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8026 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8027 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8029 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8033 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8035 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8036 as they have no XIC. */
8037 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8039 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8042 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8044 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8047 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8048 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8050 create_frame_xic (f
);
8051 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8052 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8053 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8055 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8056 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8065 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8068 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8069 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8070 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8071 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8074 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8076 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8080 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8081 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8083 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8084 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8085 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8086 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8087 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8088 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8089 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8090 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8091 least, hence the configure test. */
8092 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8093 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8094 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8095 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8097 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8101 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8104 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8109 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8110 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8111 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8113 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8114 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8115 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8116 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8117 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8118 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8119 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8120 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8122 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8125 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8129 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8130 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8133 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8135 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8137 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8138 is already for the top-left corner. */
8139 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8142 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8143 position that fits on the screen. */
8144 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8145 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8146 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8149 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8151 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8152 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8153 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8155 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8156 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8157 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8158 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8161 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8162 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8164 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8167 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8168 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8169 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8172 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8173 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8174 so the flags should correspond. */
8175 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8178 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8179 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8180 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8181 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8182 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8185 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8187 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8189 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8193 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8195 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8197 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8198 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8200 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8203 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8205 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8206 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8208 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8210 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8211 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8212 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8213 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8214 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8217 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8218 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8220 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8221 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8224 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8225 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8226 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8227 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8230 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8231 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8232 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8234 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8235 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8236 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8237 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8238 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8239 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8244 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8245 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8246 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8247 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8248 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8251 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8254 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8255 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8256 Window wmcheck_window
;
8257 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8258 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8259 long max_len
= 65536;
8260 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8261 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8262 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8266 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8267 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8268 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8269 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8270 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8271 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8273 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8275 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8276 x_uncatch_errors ();
8281 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8284 /* Check if window exists. */
8285 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8287 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8289 x_uncatch_errors ();
8294 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8296 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8297 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8298 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8299 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8300 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8301 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8303 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8305 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8307 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8308 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8309 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8311 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8313 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8314 x_uncatch_errors ();
8319 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8320 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8321 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8326 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8327 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8329 x_uncatch_errors ();
8336 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8338 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8340 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8343 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8345 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8347 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8349 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8354 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8357 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8359 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8361 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8362 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8365 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8366 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8367 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8369 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8372 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8378 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8379 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8380 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8381 long max_len
= 65536;
8382 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8383 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8384 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8387 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8390 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8391 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8392 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8393 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8394 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8396 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8398 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8399 x_uncatch_errors ();
8401 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8404 x_uncatch_errors ();
8406 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8408 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8409 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8412 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8414 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8416 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8417 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8419 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8421 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8423 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8424 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8426 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8428 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8429 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8430 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8434 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8439 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8442 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8445 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8448 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8450 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8451 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8453 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8455 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8459 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8461 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8462 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8463 are sent at once. */
8464 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8466 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8467 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8468 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8469 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8470 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8471 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8473 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8474 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8475 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8476 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8478 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8479 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8481 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8482 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8483 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8484 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8485 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8486 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8487 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8489 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8490 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8491 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8492 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8493 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8495 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8496 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8497 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8499 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8500 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8503 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8507 return have_net_atom
;
8511 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8513 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8516 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8524 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8526 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8529 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8534 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8537 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8540 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8543 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8548 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8549 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8554 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8555 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8557 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8559 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8562 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8563 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8565 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8566 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8567 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8569 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8571 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8572 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8574 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8576 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8577 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8578 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8579 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8580 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8582 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8583 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8585 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8586 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8589 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8594 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8595 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8596 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8597 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8598 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8599 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8600 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8603 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8605 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8607 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8608 window manager window around the frame. */
8610 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8612 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8614 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8619 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8620 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8621 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8623 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8625 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8626 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8628 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8629 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8631 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8634 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8635 frame's position. */
8637 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8641 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8642 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8643 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8644 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8645 of an exact comparison. */
8648 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8652 while (count
++ < 50)
8654 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8656 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8657 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8660 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8661 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8665 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8668 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8669 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8672 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8676 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8677 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8679 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8683 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8685 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8687 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8690 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8691 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8693 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8695 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8696 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8697 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8698 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8700 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8702 pending_signals
= 1;
8703 totally_unblock_input ();
8704 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8706 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8711 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8712 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8715 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8716 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8717 break; /* Timeout */
8720 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8724 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8725 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8726 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8727 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8730 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8732 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8734 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8735 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8736 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8738 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8740 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8742 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8743 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8744 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8745 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8747 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8748 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8749 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8750 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8753 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8754 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8755 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8756 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8757 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8759 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8760 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8761 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8762 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8764 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8765 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8766 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8767 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8768 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8770 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8773 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8774 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8775 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8776 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8777 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8780 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8781 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8782 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8788 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8789 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8790 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8791 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8794 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8798 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8802 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8803 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8804 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8805 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8806 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8807 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8808 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8809 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8810 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8811 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8813 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8815 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8816 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8817 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8818 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8819 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8820 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8821 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8825 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8826 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8828 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8829 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8831 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8833 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8835 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8836 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8838 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8839 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8840 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8841 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8842 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8847 /* Mouse warping. */
8850 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8854 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8855 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8857 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8858 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8860 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8861 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8865 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8866 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8870 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8873 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8877 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8878 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8882 /* Raise frame F. */
8885 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8888 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8889 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8890 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8894 /* Lower frame F. */
8897 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8899 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8902 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8903 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8908 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8911 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8913 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8914 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8915 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8916 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8917 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8920 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8923 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8925 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8926 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8928 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8930 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8933 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8934 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8935 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8937 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8942 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8950 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8952 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8954 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8956 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8959 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8961 unsigned long data
[2];
8962 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8964 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8967 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8968 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8969 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8971 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8974 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8975 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8979 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8980 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8981 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8982 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8983 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8984 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8985 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8986 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8987 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8989 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8990 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8991 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8994 /* Change of visibility. */
8996 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8997 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8998 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8999 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9000 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9001 finishes with it. */
9004 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9006 int original_top
, original_left
;
9007 int retry_count
= 2;
9013 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9015 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9017 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9018 call x_set_offset a second time
9019 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9020 before the window gets really visible. */
9021 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9022 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9023 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9024 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9026 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9028 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9029 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9030 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9031 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9032 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9035 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9036 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9038 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9040 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9041 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9043 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9044 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9046 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9047 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9048 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9051 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9053 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9054 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9055 so that incoming events are handled. */
9059 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9060 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9061 will set it when they are handled. */
9062 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9064 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9065 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9067 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9070 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9072 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9073 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9074 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9075 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9077 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9078 because the window manager may choose the position
9079 and we don't want to override it. */
9081 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9082 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9083 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9084 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9085 && previously_visible
)
9089 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9093 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9094 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9095 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9096 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9097 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9098 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9099 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9100 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9101 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9103 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9104 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9105 original_left
, original_top
);
9110 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9112 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9113 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9114 MapNotify at all.. */
9115 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9116 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9118 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9121 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9122 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9123 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9124 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9125 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9127 if (input_polling_used ())
9129 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9130 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9131 handler reset it. */
9132 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9133 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9134 poll_for_input_1 ();
9135 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9141 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9145 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9146 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9147 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9148 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9150 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9155 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9157 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9160 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9164 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9165 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9167 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9168 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9169 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9173 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9174 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9175 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9176 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9177 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9178 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9181 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9182 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9185 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9186 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9191 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9192 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9195 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9199 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9200 just by the event that we get from the server.
9201 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9202 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9203 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9204 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9205 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9212 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9215 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9217 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9221 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9222 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9223 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9225 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9230 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9232 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9233 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9235 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9236 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9238 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9239 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9240 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9246 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9248 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9250 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9251 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9252 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9253 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9254 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9255 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9256 so we have to record it here. */
9257 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9258 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9263 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9264 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9265 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9269 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9271 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9272 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9275 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9277 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9279 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9280 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9281 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9282 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9283 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9284 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9286 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9287 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9289 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9290 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9294 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9295 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9296 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9297 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9298 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9300 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9301 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9303 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9307 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9311 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9313 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9315 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9317 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9318 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9321 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9322 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9324 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9326 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9330 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9333 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9335 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9336 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9337 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9339 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9344 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9345 commands to the X server. */
9346 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9348 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9349 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9351 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9352 free_frame_faces (f
);
9354 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9355 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9357 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9358 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9359 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9360 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9361 toolkit scroll bars. */
9362 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9364 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9365 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9375 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9377 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9378 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9380 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9381 we are using a toolkit. */
9382 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9383 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9385 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9386 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9389 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9390 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9392 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9393 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9394 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9396 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9397 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9398 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9399 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9400 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9401 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9403 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9404 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9405 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9406 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9407 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9408 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9409 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9410 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9411 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9412 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9413 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9414 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9415 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9417 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9421 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9424 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9425 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9429 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9430 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9433 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9436 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9437 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9438 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9440 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9441 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9442 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9443 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9444 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9445 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9446 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9447 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9453 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9456 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9460 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9461 commands to the X server. */
9462 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9463 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9465 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9469 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9471 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9472 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9473 that the window now has.
9474 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9475 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9476 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9480 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9482 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9483 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9485 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9488 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9493 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9494 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9496 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9497 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9499 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9500 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9502 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9503 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9504 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9505 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9506 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9507 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9509 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9511 int base_width
, base_height
;
9512 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9514 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9515 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9517 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9519 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9520 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9521 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9522 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9523 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9525 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9526 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9527 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9529 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9530 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9531 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9532 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9533 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9536 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9539 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9544 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9545 long supplied_return
;
9548 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9552 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9557 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9558 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9559 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9560 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9561 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9562 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9563 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9564 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9571 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9572 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9576 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9577 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9579 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9581 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9583 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9585 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9588 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9590 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9593 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9594 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9595 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9596 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9598 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9599 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9601 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9602 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9606 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9608 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9610 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9611 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9616 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9617 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9618 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9619 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9623 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9631 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9635 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9639 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9640 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9641 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9642 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9645 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9647 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9648 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9650 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9654 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9656 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9658 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9659 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9660 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9662 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9666 /***********************************************************************
9668 ***********************************************************************/
9672 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9676 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9678 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9679 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9680 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9683 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9686 /***********************************************************************
9688 ***********************************************************************/
9690 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9691 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9692 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9693 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9695 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9696 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9697 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9699 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9700 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9701 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9702 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9703 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9704 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9705 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9708 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9710 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9712 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9714 static int x_initialized
;
9716 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9717 the screen number from the server number. */
9719 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9722 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9723 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9724 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9726 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9727 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9728 length_until_period
++;
9730 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9731 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9733 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9735 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9736 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9737 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9738 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9739 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9740 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9741 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9742 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9743 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9744 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9745 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9746 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9747 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9748 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9750 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9754 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9758 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9759 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9762 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9763 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9766 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9787 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9788 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9791 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9793 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9794 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9799 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9800 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9802 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9803 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9807 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9808 the structure that describes the open display.
9809 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9811 struct x_display_info
*
9812 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9816 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9817 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9829 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9830 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9836 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9837 char **argv2
= argv
;
9840 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9842 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9846 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9847 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9849 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9853 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9855 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9857 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9858 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9861 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9862 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9864 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9866 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9867 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9868 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9870 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9871 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9872 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9873 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9875 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9876 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9877 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9879 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9881 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9884 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9888 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9890 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9891 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9893 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9894 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9896 s
= build_string (file
);
9897 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9899 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9900 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9904 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9905 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9908 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9909 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9910 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9912 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9913 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9914 So let's not use it until R6. */
9916 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9927 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9928 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9930 turn_on_atimers (0);
9931 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9932 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9933 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9935 turn_on_atimers (1);
9938 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9943 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9944 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9945 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9946 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9947 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9949 /* Detect failure. */
9956 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9958 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9959 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9962 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9965 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9966 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9967 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9968 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9971 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9974 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9975 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9976 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9978 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9979 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9980 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9981 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9982 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9984 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9986 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9988 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9989 list of terminals. */
9990 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9991 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9992 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9993 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9995 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9996 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9998 kset_system_key_alist
10000 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10001 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10003 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10004 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10008 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10009 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10010 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10011 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10012 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10014 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10017 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10018 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10019 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10021 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10022 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10023 x_display_name_list
);
10024 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10026 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10028 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10029 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10032 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10035 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10036 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10037 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10038 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10039 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10040 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10041 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10043 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10044 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10046 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10048 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10049 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10050 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10052 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10053 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10055 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10056 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10057 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10058 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10060 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10062 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10064 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10066 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10067 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10068 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10069 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10070 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10071 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10072 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10074 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10076 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10077 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10079 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10080 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10081 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10082 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10083 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10084 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10087 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10088 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10090 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10093 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10094 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10095 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10097 if (STRINGP (value
)
10098 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10099 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10100 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10104 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10105 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10109 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10110 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10111 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10112 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10113 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10115 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10117 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10118 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10122 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10124 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10125 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10126 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10127 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10128 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10129 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10130 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10131 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10132 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10136 static const struct
10141 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10142 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10143 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10158 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10167 /* For properties of font. */
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10173 /* Ghostscript support. */
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10182 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10184 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10189 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10190 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10195 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10198 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10199 /* Session management */
10200 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10201 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10206 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10207 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10208 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10209 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10210 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10211 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10212 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10213 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10215 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10216 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10218 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10219 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10220 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10221 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10223 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10224 False
, atoms_return
);
10226 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10227 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10229 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10230 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10232 xfree (atom_names
);
10233 xfree (atoms_return
);
10236 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10237 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10238 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10240 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10241 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10245 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10248 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10250 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10252 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10253 if (connection
!= 0)
10254 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10257 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10258 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10260 if (interrupt_input
)
10261 init_sigio (connection
);
10265 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10268 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10269 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10270 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10271 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10272 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10273 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10274 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10275 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10276 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10278 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10279 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10280 x_uncatch_errors ();
10284 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10285 for debugging X code. */
10288 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10289 build_string ("synchronous"),
10290 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10292 if (STRINGP (value
)
10293 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10294 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10295 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10300 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10301 build_string ("useXIM"),
10302 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10305 if (STRINGP (value
)
10306 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10307 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10310 if (STRINGP (value
)
10311 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10312 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10318 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10319 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10321 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10322 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10330 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10331 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10334 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10336 struct terminal
*t
;
10338 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10340 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10341 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10344 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10345 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10346 x_session_close ();
10348 delete_terminal (t
);
10352 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10353 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10354 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10355 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10356 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10361 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10362 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10364 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10366 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10369 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10373 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10374 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10376 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10377 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10380 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10382 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10383 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10384 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10387 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10388 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10389 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10393 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10395 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10396 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10397 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10398 that slows us down. */
10401 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10404 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10405 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10407 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10408 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10409 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10410 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10415 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10416 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10417 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10418 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10419 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10420 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10421 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10424 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10427 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10429 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10430 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10431 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10436 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10439 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10441 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10443 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10447 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10449 x_after_update_window_line
,
10450 x_update_window_begin
,
10451 x_update_window_end
,
10453 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10454 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10455 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10456 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10457 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10458 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10459 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10460 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10461 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10462 x_clear_frame_area
,
10463 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10464 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10465 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10469 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10471 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10473 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10474 int connection
= -1;
10476 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10477 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10478 if (!terminal
->name
)
10483 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10486 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10489 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10490 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10491 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10493 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10495 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10496 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10498 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10499 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10500 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10501 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10503 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10504 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10505 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10506 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10507 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10508 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10509 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10510 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10511 leaks in other situations. */
10513 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10514 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10516 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10518 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10519 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10520 closing all the displays. */
10521 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10525 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10527 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10528 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10530 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10532 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10535 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10536 if (connection
!= -1)
10537 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10539 /* Mark as dead. */
10540 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10541 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10545 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10546 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10548 static struct terminal
*
10549 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10551 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10553 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10555 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10556 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10557 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10559 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10561 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10562 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10563 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10564 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10565 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10566 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10567 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10568 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10569 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10570 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10571 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10572 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10573 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10574 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10575 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10576 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10577 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10578 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10579 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10580 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10582 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10583 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10585 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10586 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10587 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10588 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10589 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10590 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10597 x_initialize (void)
10602 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10603 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10604 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10607 current_count
= -1;
10610 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10611 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10613 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10614 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10616 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10618 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10619 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10620 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10621 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10622 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10623 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10624 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10626 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10629 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10631 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10632 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10636 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10637 original error handler. */
10638 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10639 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10644 syms_of_xterm (void)
10646 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10648 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10649 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10651 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10652 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10654 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10655 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10658 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10659 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10661 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10664 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10665 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10666 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10667 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10668 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10669 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10670 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10672 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10674 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10675 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10676 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10677 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10678 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10679 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10680 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10682 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10683 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10684 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10685 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10686 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10687 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10688 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10689 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10690 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10692 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10693 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10694 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10695 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10696 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10697 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10698 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10700 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10701 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10702 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10704 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10706 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10709 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10712 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10713 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10715 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10716 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10717 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10718 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10719 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10720 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10721 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10722 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10723 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10725 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10726 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10727 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10728 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10729 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10730 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10732 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10733 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10734 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10735 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10736 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10737 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10739 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10740 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10741 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10742 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10743 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10744 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10746 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10747 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10748 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10749 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10750 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10751 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10753 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10754 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10755 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10756 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10757 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),